blob: 1c5b76075e0488a56afd5d08c53f279e80654b4c [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000042 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000051 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000052
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000062 MD->isInstanceMethod());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000063 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000064 }
65 }
66 }
67
68 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000069 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
70 }
71
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000072 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000073 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000074 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
75 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
76 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
77 return true;
78 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000079 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000080
81 // See if the decl is unavailable
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000082 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000083 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000084 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
85 }
86
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000087 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000088}
89
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000090/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
91/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
92/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
93///
94void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
95 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs)
96{
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000097 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000098 if (!attr)
99 return;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000100 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
101 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000102
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000103 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
104 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000105 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000106 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
107 int isMethod = 0;
108 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
109 // skip over named parameters.
110 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
111 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
112 if (nullPos)
113 --nullPos;
114 else
115 ++i;
116 }
117 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
118 isMethod = 1;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000119 }
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000120 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
121 // skip over named parameters.
122 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
123 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
124 if (nullPos)
125 --nullPos;
126 else
127 ++i;
128 }
129 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
130 }
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000131 else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
132 // block or function pointer call.
133 QualType Ty = V->getType();
134 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
135 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
136 ? Ty->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType()
137 : Ty->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
138 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
139 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
140 unsigned k;
141 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
142 if (nullPos)
143 --nullPos;
144 else
145 ++i;
146 }
147 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
148 }
149 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
150 isMethod = 2;
151 }
152 else
153 return;
154 }
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000155 else
156 return;
157
158 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000159 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000160 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000161 return;
162 }
163 int sentinel = i;
164 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
165 --sentinelPos;
166 ++i;
167 }
168 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
169 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000170 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000171 return;
172 }
173 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
174 ++i;
175 ++sentinel;
176 }
177 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
178 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
179 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context))) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000180 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000181 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000182 }
183 return;
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000184}
185
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000186SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
187 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
188 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
189}
190
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000191//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
192// Standard Promotions and Conversions
193//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
194
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000195/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
196void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
197 QualType Ty = E->getType();
198 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
199
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000200 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
201 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000202 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
203 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
204 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
205 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
206 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
207 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
208 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000209 //
210 // C++ 4.2p1:
211 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
212 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
213 //
214 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
215 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000216 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
217 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000218}
219
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000220/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
221/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2.
222///
223/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
224/// promotion occurs.
225static QualType isPromotableBitField(Expr *E, ASTContext &Context) {
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000226 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
227 if (!Field)
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000228 return QualType();
229
230 const BuiltinType *BT = Field->getType()->getAsBuiltinType();
231 if (!BT)
232 return QualType();
233
234 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Bool &&
235 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Int &&
236 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::UInt)
237 return QualType();
238
239 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP;
240 if (!Field->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidthAP, Context))
241 return QualType();
242
243 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
244 uint64_t IntSize = Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy);
245 if (BitWidth < IntSize ||
246 (Field->getType()->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth == IntSize))
247 return Context.IntTy;
248
249 if (BitWidth == IntSize && Field->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType())
250 return Context.UnsignedIntTy;
251
252 return QualType();
253}
254
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000255/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
256/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
257/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
258/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
259/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
260Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
261 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
262 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
263
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000264 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
265 //
266 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
267 // unsigned int may be used:
268 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
269 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
270 // and unsigned int.
271 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
272 //
273 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
274 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
275 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
276 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
277 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000278 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000279 return Expr;
280 } else {
281 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(Expr, Context);
282 if (!T.isNull()) {
283 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, T);
284 return Expr;
285 }
286 }
287
288 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000289 return Expr;
290}
291
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000292/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
293/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
294/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
295void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
296 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
297 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
298
299 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
300 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
301 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
302 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
303
304 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
305}
306
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000307/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
308/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
309/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
310/// completely illegal.
311bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000312 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
313
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000314 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
315 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
316 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
317 << Expr->getType() << CT;
318 return true;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000319 }
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000320
321 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
322 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
323 << Expr->getType() << CT;
324
325 return false;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000326}
327
328
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000329/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
330/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
331/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
332/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
333/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
334/// GCC.
335QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
336 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000337 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000338 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000339
340 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000341
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000342 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
343 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000344 QualType lhs =
345 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
346 QualType rhs =
347 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000348
349 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
350 if (lhs == rhs)
351 return lhs;
352
353 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
354 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
355 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
356 return lhs;
357
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000358 // Perform bitfield promotions.
359 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr, Context);
360 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
361 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
362 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr, Context);
363 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
364 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
365
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000366 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000367 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000368 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000369 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000370 return destType;
371}
372
373QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
374 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
375 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
376 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
377 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
378 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000379 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
380 lhs = Context.IntTy;
381 else
382 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
383 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
384 rhs = Context.IntTy;
385 else
386 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000387
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000388 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
389 if (lhs == rhs)
390 return lhs;
391
392 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
393 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
394 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
395 return lhs;
396
397 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
398
399 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
400 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
401 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
402 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
403 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000404 return lhs;
405 }
406 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
407 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000408 return rhs;
409 }
410 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
411 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
412 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
413 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
414 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
415 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
416 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
417 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
418 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
419 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
420 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
421
422 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
423 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000424 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
425 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000426 }
427 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
428 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
429 // does not require this promotion.
430 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
431 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000432 return rhs;
433 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000434 return lhs;
435 }
436 }
437 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
438 }
439 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
440 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
441 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000442 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000443 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000444 return lhs;
445 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000446 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
447 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
448 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
449 }
450 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000451 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000452 return rhs;
453 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000454 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
455 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
456 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
457 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000458 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
459 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
460 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000461 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000462 return lhs;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000463 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
464 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000465 }
466 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
467 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
468 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
469 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
470
471 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
472 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000473 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
474 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000475 return rhs;
476 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
477 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000478 return lhs;
479 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
480 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000481 return rhs;
482 }
483 }
484 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
485 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
486 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
487 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
488 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
489 QualType destType;
490 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
491 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
492 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
493 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
494 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
495 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
496 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
497 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
498 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
499 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
500 // use the signed type.
501 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
502 } else {
503 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
504 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
505 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
506 // to the signed type.
507 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
508 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000509 return destType;
510}
511
512//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
513// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
514//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
515
516
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000517/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000518/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
519/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
520/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
521/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000522///
523Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000524Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000525 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
526
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000527 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000528 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000529 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000530
531 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
532 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
533 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000534
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000535 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000536 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000537 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000538
539 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
540 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
541 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000542
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000543 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
544 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
545 // strings.
546 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000547 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000548 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattner726e1682009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000549
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000550 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000551 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
552 Literal.GetStringLength(),
553 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
554 &StringTokLocs[0],
555 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000556}
557
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000558/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
559/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
560/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
561/// for values inside the block or for globals).
562///
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000563/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
564/// up-to-date.
565///
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000566static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
567 ValueDecl *VD) {
568 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
569 // we wanted to.
570 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
571 return false;
572
573 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
574 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
575 return false;
576
577 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
578 // snapshot it.
579 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
580 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000581 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
582 return false;
583
584 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
585 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
586
587 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
588 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
589 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
590 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
591 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
592 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
593 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
594 // having a reference outside it.
595 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
596 break;
597
598 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
599 // a snapshot as well.
600 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
601 }
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000602
603 return true;
604}
605
606
607
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000608/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000609/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroff0d755ad2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000610/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000611/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000612/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000613Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
614 IdentifierInfo &II,
615 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000616 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
617 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
618 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000619 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000620}
621
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000622/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
623/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
624/// nested-name-specifier.
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000625Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000626Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
627 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
628 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000629 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
630 Diag(Loc,
631 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
632 << D->getDeclName();
633 return ExprError();
634 }
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000635
636 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
637 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
638 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
639 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
640 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
641 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
642 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
643 << D->getIdentifier();
644 return ExprError();
645 }
646 }
647 }
648 }
649
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000650 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000651
652 Expr *E;
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000653 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000654 E = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
655 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor35073692009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000656 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000657 } else
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000658 E = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
659
660 return Owned(E);
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000661}
662
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000663/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
664/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
665/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000666static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
667 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000668 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
669 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
670
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000671 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
672 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
673 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000674 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000675 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
676 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000677 D != DEnd; ++D) {
678 if (*D == Record) {
679 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
680 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
681 ++D;
682 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000683 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000684 return *D;
685 }
686 }
687
688 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
689 return 0;
690}
691
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000692/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
693/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
694/// actual member.
695///
696/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
697/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
698/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
699/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
700/// we found.
701///
702/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
703/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
704/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
705VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
706 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000707 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
708 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
709 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
710
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000711 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000712 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
713 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
714 do {
715 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000716 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000717 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000718 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000719 else {
720 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
721 break;
722 }
723 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
724 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
725 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000726
727 return BaseObject;
728}
729
730Sema::OwningExprResult
731Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
732 FieldDecl *Field,
733 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
734 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
735 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
736 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
737 AnonFields);
738
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000739 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
740 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
741 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
742 // found via name lookup.
743 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
744 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
745 if (BaseObject) {
746 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
747 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000748 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000749 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000750 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000751 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000752 ExtraQuals
753 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
754 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
755 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
756 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
757 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
758 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
759 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
760 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
761 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
762 }
763 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
764 } else {
765 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
766 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
767 // program our base object expression is "this".
768 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
769 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
770 QualType AnonFieldType
771 = Context.getTagDeclType(
772 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
773 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
774 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
775 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
776 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
777 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000778 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000779 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000780 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
781 }
782 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000783 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
784 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000785 }
786 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
787 }
788
789 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000790 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
791 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000792 }
793
794 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
795 // anonymous struct/union.
796 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
797 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
798 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
799 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
800 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
801 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
802 unsigned combinedQualifiers
803 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
804 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
805 }
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000806 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000807 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
808 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000809 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
810 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000811 }
812
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000813 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000814}
815
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000816/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
817/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
818/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
819/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
820/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
821/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
822/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
823/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
824/// forms.
825///
826/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
827/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
828/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
829/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000830///
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000831/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
832/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
833/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
834/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000835Sema::OwningExprResult
836Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
837 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000838 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000839 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000840 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000841 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
842 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000843
844 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
845 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
846 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
847 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000848 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000849 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000850 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
851 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor35073692009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000852 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep())));
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000853 }
854
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000855 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
856 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000857
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000858 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
859 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
860 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
861 : SourceRange());
862 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000863 }
864
865 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000866
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000867 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
868 // well.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000869 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
870 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000871 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
872 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000873 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
874 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
875 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000876 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000877 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000878 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000879 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000880 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000881 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
882 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000883
884 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
885 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
886 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
887 return ExprError();
888
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000889 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
890 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
891 // an error.
892 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
893 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
894 << IV->getDeclName());
895 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
896 // same name exists, use the global.
897 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000898 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
899 ClassDeclared != IFace)
900 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000901 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
902 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000903 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
904 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000905 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000906 return Owned(new (Context)
907 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000908 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000909 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000910 }
911 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000912 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
913 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
914 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000915 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000916 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000917 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
918 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000919 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000920 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000921 }
Steve Naroff76de9d72008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000922 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000923 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000924 QualType T;
925
926 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
927 T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
928 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
929 else
930 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000931 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000932 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000933 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000934
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000935 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
936 // argument-dependent lookup.
937 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
938 HasTrailingLParen;
939
940 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000941 // We've seen something of the form
942 //
943 // identifier(
944 //
945 // and we did not find any entity by the name
946 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
947 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
948 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
949 Context.OverloadTy,
950 Loc));
951 }
952
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000953 if (D == 0) {
954 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
955 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000956 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000957 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000958 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000959 else {
960 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
961 // diagnose the problem.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000962 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000963 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
964 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000965 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
966 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000967 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
968 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000969 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000970 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000971 }
972 }
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000973
974 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
975 // Warn about constructs like:
976 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
977 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
978
979 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
980 // information to check this property.
981 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
982 Scope *CheckS = S;
983 while (CheckS) {
984 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
985 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
986 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
987 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
988 << Var->getDeclName());
989 else
990 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
991 << Var->getDeclName());
992 break;
993 }
994
995 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
996 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
997 if (CheckS)
998 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
999 }
1000 }
1001 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1002 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1003 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1004 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1005 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1006 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1007 // type.
1008 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
1009 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001010
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001011 QualType T = Func->getType();
1012 QualType NoProtoType = T;
1013 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
1014 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
1015 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS);
1016 }
1017 }
1018
1019 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(Loc, D, HasTrailingLParen, SS, isAddressOfOperand);
1020}
1021
1022/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1023Sema::OwningExprResult
1024Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
1025 bool HasTrailingLParen,
1026 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1027 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
1028 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
1029 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
1030
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001031 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
1032 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
1033 // not any specific instance's member.
1034 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001035 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001036 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001037 QualType DType;
1038 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1039 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
1040 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1041 DType = Method->getType();
1042 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1043 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
1044 }
1045 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
1046 if (!DType.isNull()) {
1047 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
1048 // dependent.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +00001049 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001050 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS);
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001051 }
1052 }
1053 }
1054
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001055 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1056 // (C++ [class.union]).
1057 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
1058 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
1059 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001060
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001061 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1062 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
1063 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
1064 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
1065 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
1066 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
1067 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
1068 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
1069 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
1070 QualType MemberType;
1071 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1072 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
1073 MemberType = FD->getType();
1074
1075 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
1076 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
1077 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
1078 unsigned combinedQualifiers
1079 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
1080 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1081 }
1082 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1083 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
1084 Ctx = Method->getParent();
1085 MemberType = Method->getType();
1086 }
1087 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1088 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1089 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
1090 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
1091 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
1092 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
1093 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
1094 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
1095 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
1096 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
1097 break;
1098 }
1099 }
1100 }
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001101
1102 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001103 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
1104 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
1105 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
1106 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
1107 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
1108 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001109 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001110 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001111 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001112 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Eli Friedman72527132009-04-29 17:56:47 +00001113 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001114 }
1115 }
1116 }
1117 }
1118
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001119 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001120 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1121 if (MD->isStatic())
1122 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001123 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
1124 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001125 }
1126
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001127 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1128 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1129 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001130 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
1131 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001132 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001133
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001134 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001135 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001136 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001137 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2d1c5d32008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001138 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001139 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001140
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001141 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001142 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001143 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1144 false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregorc15cb382009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001145 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001146 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1147 false, false, SS);
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001148 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001149
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001150 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1151 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1152 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1153 // that overload resolution actually selects.
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001154 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
1155 HasTrailingLParen;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001156 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1157 return ExprError();
1158
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001159 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1160 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001161 return ExprError();
1162
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001163 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1164 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1165 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1166 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001167 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001168 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1169 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1170 //
1171 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001172 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001173 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001174 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001175 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001176 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001177 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1178 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001179 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001180
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001181 ExprTy.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001182 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
1183 constAdded));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001184 }
1185 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1186 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001187
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001188 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001189 bool ValueDependent = false;
1190 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1191 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1192 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
1193 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1194 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1195 TypeDependent = true;
1196 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1197 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1198 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1199 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1200 TypeDependent = true;
1201 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1202 // names a dependent type.
1203 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001204 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001205 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1206 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001207 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001208 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1209 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1210 TypeDependent = true;
1211 break;
1212 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001213 }
1214 }
1215 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001216
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001217 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1218 //
1219 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1220 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1221 if (TypeDependent)
1222 ValueDependent = true;
1223 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1224 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1225 ValueDependent = true;
1226 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1227 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedmanc1494122009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001228 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
1229 if (Dcl->getType().getCVRQualifiers() == QualType::Const &&
1230 Dcl->getInit()) {
1231 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1232 }
1233 }
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001234 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001235
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001236 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1237 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001238}
1239
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001240Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1241 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001242 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001243
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001244 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001245 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001246 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1247 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1248 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001249 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001250
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001251 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1252 // string.
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001253 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001254 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1255 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001256 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1257 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1258 else {
1259 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1260 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1261 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1262 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001263
1264
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001265 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001266 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001267 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001268 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001269}
1270
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001271Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001272 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1273 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1274 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1275 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001276
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001277 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1278 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1279 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001280 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001281
1282 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1283
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001284 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1285 Literal.isWide(),
1286 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001287}
1288
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001289Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1290 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001291 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1292 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001293 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001294 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001295 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001296 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001297 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001298
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001299 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001300 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1301 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001302 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001303
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001304 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1305 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001306
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001307 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1308 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1309 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001310 return ExprError();
1311
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001312 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001313
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001314 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001315 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001316 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001317 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001318 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001319 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001320 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001321 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001322
1323 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1324
Ted Kremenek720c4ec2007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001325 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1326 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattner001d64d2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001327 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1328 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001329
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001330 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001331 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001332 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001333 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001334
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001335 // long long is a C99 feature.
1336 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001337 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001338 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1339
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001340 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001341 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001342
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001343 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1344 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1345 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001346 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1347 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001348 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001349 } else {
1350 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1351 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001352
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001353 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1354 // be an unsigned int.
1355 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1356
1357 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001358 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001359 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1360 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001361 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001362
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001363 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1364 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1365 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1366 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001367 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001368 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001369 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001370 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001371 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001372 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001373
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001374 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001375 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001376 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001377
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001378 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1379 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1380 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1381 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001382 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001383 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001384 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001385 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001386 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001387 }
1388
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001389 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001390 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001391 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001392
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001393 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1394 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1395 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1396 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001397 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001398 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001399 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001400 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001401 }
1402 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001403
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001404 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1405 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001406 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001407 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001408 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001409 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001410 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001411
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001412 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1413 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001414 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001415 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001416 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001417
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001418 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1419 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001420 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1421 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001422
1423 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001424}
1425
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001426Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1427 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001428 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001429 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001430 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001431}
1432
1433/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1434/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001435bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001436 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1437 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1438 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001439 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1440 return false;
1441
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001442 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001443 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001444 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001445 if (isSizeof)
1446 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1447 return false;
1448 }
1449
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001450 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001451 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001452 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1453 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001454 return false;
1455 }
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001456
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001457 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1458 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1459 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1460 ExprRange))
1461 return true;
1462
1463 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianced1e282009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001464 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001465 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001466 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1467 return true;
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001468 }
1469
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001470 return false;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001471}
1472
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001473bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1474 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1475 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001476
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001477 // alignof decl is always ok.
1478 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1479 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001480
1481 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1482 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1483 return false;
1484
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001485 if (E->getBitField()) {
1486 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1487 return true;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001488 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001489
1490 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1491 // bit-field.
1492 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
1493 if (dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
1494 return false;
1495
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001496 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1497}
1498
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001499/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1500Action::OwningExprResult
1501Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1502 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1503 if (T.isNull())
1504 return ExprError();
1505
1506 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1507 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1508 return ExprError();
1509
1510 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1511 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1512 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1513 R.getEnd()));
1514}
1515
1516/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1517/// operand.
1518Action::OwningExprResult
1519Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1520 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1521 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1522 bool isInvalid = false;
1523 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1524 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1525 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1526 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001527 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001528 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1529 isInvalid = true;
1530 } else {
1531 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1532 }
1533
1534 if (isInvalid)
1535 return ExprError();
1536
1537 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1538 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1539 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1540 R.getEnd()));
1541}
1542
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001543/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1544/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1545/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001546Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001547Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1548 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001549 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001550 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001551
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001552 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001553 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1554 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1555 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001556
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001557 // Get the end location.
1558 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1559 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1560 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1561
1562 if (Result.isInvalid())
1563 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1564
1565 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001566}
1567
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001568QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001569 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1570 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001571
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001572 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001573 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1574 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001575
1576 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1577 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1578 return V->getType();
1579
1580 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001581 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1582 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001583 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001584}
1585
1586
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001587
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001588Action::OwningExprResult
1589Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1590 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1591 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001592
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001593 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1594 switch (Kind) {
1595 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1596 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1597 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1598 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001599
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001600 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1601 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1602 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001603 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001604 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1605
1606 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1607 //
1608 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1609 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1610 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1611 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1612 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1613 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1614 // argument will have value zero.
1615 Expr *Args[2] = {
1616 Arg,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001617 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1618 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001619 };
1620
1621 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1622 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001623 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001624
1625 // Perform overload resolution.
1626 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001627 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001628 case OR_Success: {
1629 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1630 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1631
1632 if (FnDecl) {
1633 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1634 // operator.
1635
1636 // Convert the arguments.
1637 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1638 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001639 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001640 } else {
1641 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001642 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001643 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1644 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001645 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001646 }
1647
1648 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001649 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001650 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1651 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001652
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001653 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001654 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump488e25b2009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001655 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001656 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1657
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001658 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor7ff69262009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001659 Args[0] = Arg;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001660 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1661 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1662 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001663 } else {
1664 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1665 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1666 // operator node.
1667 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1668 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001669 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001670
1671 break;
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001672 }
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001673 }
1674
1675 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1676 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1677 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1678 break;
1679
1680 case OR_Ambiguous:
1681 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1682 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1683 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1684 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001685 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001686
1687 case OR_Deleted:
1688 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1689 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1690 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1691 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1692 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1693 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001694 }
1695
1696 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1697 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1698 // build a built-in operation.
1699 }
1700
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001701 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1702 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001703 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001704 return ExprError();
1705 Input.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001706 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001707}
1708
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001709Action::OwningExprResult
1710Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1711 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1712 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1713 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001714
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001715 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001716 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1717 Base.release();
1718 Idx.release();
1719 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1720 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1721 }
1722
1723 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001724 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001725 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1726 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1727 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001728 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1729 // to the candidate set.
1730 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1731 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001732 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1733 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001734
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001735 // Perform overload resolution.
1736 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001737 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001738 case OR_Success: {
1739 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1740 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1741
1742 if (FnDecl) {
1743 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1744 // operator.
1745
1746 // Convert the arguments.
1747 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1748 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1749 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1750 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1751 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001752 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001753 } else {
1754 // Convert the arguments.
1755 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1756 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1757 "passing") ||
1758 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1759 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1760 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001761 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001762 }
1763
1764 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001765 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001766 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1767 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001768
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001769 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001770 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1771 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001772 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1773
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001774 Base.release();
1775 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor7ff69262009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001776 Args[0] = LHSExp;
1777 Args[1] = RHSExp;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001778 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1779 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001780 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001781 } else {
1782 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1783 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1784 // operator node.
1785 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1786 "passing") ||
1787 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1788 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001789 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001790
1791 break;
1792 }
1793 }
1794
1795 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1796 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1797 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1798 break;
1799
1800 case OR_Ambiguous:
1801 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1802 << "[]"
1803 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1804 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001805 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001806
1807 case OR_Deleted:
1808 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1809 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1810 << "[]"
1811 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1812 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1813 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001814 }
1815
1816 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1817 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1818 // build a built-in operation.
1819 }
1820
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001821 // Perform default conversions.
1822 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1823 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001824
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001825 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001826
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001827 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001828 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001829 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001830 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001831 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1832 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001833 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1834 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1835 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1836 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
1837 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001838 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1839 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001840 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerbefee482007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001841 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001842 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001843 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1844 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001845 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001846 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1847 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001848 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001849
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001850 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1851 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001852 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1853 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1854 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1855 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1856 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1857 // force the promotion here.
1858 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1859 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1860 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1861 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1862
1863 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1864 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1865 ResultType = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
1866 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1867 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1868 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1869 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1870 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1871 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1872
1873 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1874 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1875 ResultType = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001876 } else {
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001877 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1878 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001879 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001880 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001881 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001882 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1883 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001884
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001885 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1886 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1887 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1888 // incomplete types are not object types.
1889 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1890 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1891 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1892 return ExprError();
1893 }
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001894
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001895 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001896 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001897 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1898 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001899
1900 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1901 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1902 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1903 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1904 return ExprError();
1905 }
1906
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001907 Base.release();
1908 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001909 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001910 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001911}
1912
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001913QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001914CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001915 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001916 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001917
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001918 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1919 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001920
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001921 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001922 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1923 // to be selected.
1924 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001925
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001926 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1927 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman131f4652009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001928 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001929
1930 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1931 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001932 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001933 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1934 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001935 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001936 do
1937 compStr++;
1938 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001939 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001940 do
1941 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001942 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001943 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001944
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001945 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001946 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1947 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001948 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1949 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001950 return QualType();
1951 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001952
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001953 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1954 // operates on.
1955 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1956 compStr = CompName.getName();
1957
1958 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001959 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001960
1961 while (*compStr) {
1962 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1963 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1964 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1965 return QualType();
1966 }
1967 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001968 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001969
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001970 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1971 // number of elements.
1972 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001973 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001974 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001975 return QualType();
1976 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001977
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001978 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001979 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001980 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001981 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001982 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001983 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1984 : CompName.getLength();
1985 if (HexSwizzle)
1986 CompSize--;
1987
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001988 if (CompSize == 1)
1989 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001990
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001991 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001992 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001993 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1994 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1995 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1996 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001997 }
1998 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001999}
2000
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002001static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
2002 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002003 const Selector &Sel,
2004 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002005
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002006 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002007 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002008 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002009 return OMD;
2010
2011 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2012 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002013 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
2014 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002015 return D;
2016 }
2017 return 0;
2018}
2019
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002020static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002021 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002022 const Selector &Sel,
2023 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002024 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2025 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002026 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002027 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002028 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002029 GDecl = PD;
2030 break;
2031 }
2032 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002033 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002034 GDecl = OMD;
2035 break;
2036 }
2037 }
2038 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002039 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002040 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2041 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002042 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002043 if (GDecl)
2044 return GDecl;
2045 }
2046 }
2047 return GDecl;
2048}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002049
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002050/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
2051/// all base class implementations.
2052///
2053ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
2054 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2055 const Selector &Sel) {
2056 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Douglas Gregor8fc463a2009-04-24 00:11:27 +00002057 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl
2058 = LookupObjCImplementation(IFace->getIdentifier()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002059 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002060
2061 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
2062 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
2063 return Method;
2064}
2065
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002066Action::OwningExprResult
2067Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2068 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002069 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002070 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002071 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002072 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002073
2074 // Perform default conversions.
2075 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002076
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002077 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2078 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002079
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002080 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2081 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002082 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Anders Carlssonffce2df2009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002083 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
Douglas Gregor1c0ca592009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002084 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2085 BaseExpr, true,
2086 OpLoc,
2087 DeclarationName(&Member),
2088 MemberLoc));
Anders Carlssonffce2df2009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002089 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002090 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00002091 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002092 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
2093 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002094 else
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002095 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2096 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2097 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlssonffce2df2009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002098 } else {
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002099 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
2100 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
2101 // (so we'll report an error for)
2102 // T* t;
2103 // t.f;
2104 //
2105 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2106 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2107 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
2108 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType();
2109
2110 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2111 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()))
Douglas Gregor1c0ca592009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002112 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2113 BaseExpr, false,
2114 OpLoc,
2115 DeclarationName(&Member),
2116 MemberLoc));
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002117 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002118 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002119
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002120 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2121 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00002122 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002123 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002124 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002125 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
2126 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
2127 return ExprError();
2128
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002129 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002130 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated than this.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002131 LookupResult Result
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002132 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002133 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002134
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002135 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002136 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
2137 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002138 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002139 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
2140 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
2141 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002142 }
2143
2144 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002145
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002146 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2147 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2148 // error cases.
2149 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2150 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002151
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002152 // Check the use of this field
2153 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
2154 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002155
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002156 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002157 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2158 // (C++ [class.union]).
2159 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002160 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002161 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002162
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002163 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2164 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002165 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002166 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
2167 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2168 else {
2169 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
2170 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002171 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002172 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
2173 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
2174 }
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002175
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002176 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002177 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
2178 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002179 }
2180
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002181 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2182 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002183 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002184 Var, MemberLoc,
2185 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002186 }
2187 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2188 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002189 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002190 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2191 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002192 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002193 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
2194 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002195 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002196 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002197 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2198 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002199 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2200 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002201 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002202 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002203 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2204 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002205
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002206 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2207 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2208 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002209 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2210 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2211 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002212 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002213
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002214 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2215 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002216 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002217 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002218 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(&Member,
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002219 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002220 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2221 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2222 // error cases.
2223 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2224 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002225
2226 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2227 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2228 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff8bfd1b82009-03-26 16:01:08 +00002229 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2230 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002231 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2232 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2233 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002234 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2235 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2236 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002237 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2238 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2239 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2240 // AST for a function decl.
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002241 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002242 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
2243 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2244 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2245 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2246 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2247 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002248 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002249
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002250 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002251 if (ClassDeclared != IFTy->getDecl() ||
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002252 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002253 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2254 }
2255 // @protected
2256 else if (!IFTy->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2257 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2258 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002259
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002260 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002261 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002262 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002263 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002264 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
2265 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
2266 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002267 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002268
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002269 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2270 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
2271 const PointerType *PTy;
2272 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
2273 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
2274 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
2275 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbar7f8ea5c2008-08-30 05:35:15 +00002276
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002277 // Search for a declared property first.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002278 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002279 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2280 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2281 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002282 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
2283 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002284 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianc001e892009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002285 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2286 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002287 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002288 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2289 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002290
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002291 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattner9baefc22008-07-21 05:20:01 +00002292 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
2293 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002294 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002295 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2296 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2297 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002298
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002299 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002300 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2301 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002302
2303 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2304 // selector is implemented.
2305
2306 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2307 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2308
2309 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002310 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002311
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002312 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2313 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002314 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002315
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002316 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2317 if (!Getter) {
2318 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
2319 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002320 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002321 }
2322 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002323 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002324 // Check if we can reference this property.
2325 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2326 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002327 }
2328 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2329 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2330 Selector SetterSel =
2331 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2332 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002333 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002334 if (!Setter) {
2335 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2336 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002337 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002338 }
2339 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2340 if (!Setter) {
2341 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2342 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002343 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00002344 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002345 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002346
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002347 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2348 return ExprError();
2349
2350 if (Getter || Setter) {
2351 QualType PType;
2352
2353 if (Getter)
2354 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2355 else {
2356 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2357 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2358 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2359 }
2360 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2361 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2362 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2363 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002364 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2365 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian232220c2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002366 }
Steve Naroff18bc1642008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002367 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002368 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy;
Steve Naroff18bc1642008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002369 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2370 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002371 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002372 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002373 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002374 // Check the use of this declaration
2375 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2376 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002377
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002378 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002379 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2380 }
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002381 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002382 // Check the use of this method.
2383 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2384 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002385
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002386 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002387 OMD->getResultType(),
2388 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2389 NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian391d8952008-12-10 00:21:50 +00002390 }
2391 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002392
2393 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2394 << &Member << BaseType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002395 }
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002396 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2397 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType == Context.getObjCClassType())) {
2398 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2399 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2400 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002401 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2402 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002403 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002404 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002405 // Check the use of this method.
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002406 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002407 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002408 }
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002409 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2410 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2411 Selector SetterSel =
2412 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2413 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002414 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002415 if (!Setter) {
2416 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2417 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002418 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002419 }
2420 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2421 if (!Setter) {
2422 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2423 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002424 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002425 }
2426 }
2427
2428 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2429 return ExprError();
2430
2431 if (Getter || Setter) {
2432 QualType PType;
2433
2434 if (Getter)
2435 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2436 else {
2437 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2438 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2439 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2440 }
2441 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2442 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2443 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2444 }
2445 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2446 << &Member << BaseType);
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002447 }
2448 }
2449
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002450 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002451 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002452 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2453 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002454 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002455 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002456 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002457 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002458
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002459 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2460 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2461
2462 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2463 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2464 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2465 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2466 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2467 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
2468 BaseType->getAsPointerType()->isFunctionType())) {
2469 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2470 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2471 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2472 }
2473
2474 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002475}
2476
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002477/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2478/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2479/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2480/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2481/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2482/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002483bool
2484Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002485 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002486 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002487 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2488 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002489 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002490 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2491 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2492 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002493 bool Invalid = false;
2494
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002495 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2496 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2497 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2498 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2499 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2500 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2501 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2502 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002503 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002504 }
2505
2506 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2507 // them.
2508 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2509 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2510 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2511 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2512 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2513 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2514 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2515 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002516 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002517 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002518 }
2519 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2520 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002521
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002522 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2523 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2524 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002525
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002526 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002527 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002528 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002529
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002530 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2531 ProtoArgType,
2532 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2533 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2534 return true;
2535
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002536 // Pass the argument.
2537 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2538 return true;
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002539 } else {
2540 if (FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2541 Diag (Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2542 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2543 FDecl << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FDecl->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
2544 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[FDecl->getParamDecl(i)],
2545 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
Anders Carlssonf54741e2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002546 } else {
2547 Expr *DefaultExpr = FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->getDefaultArg();
2548
2549 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2550 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2551 // be properly destroyed.
2552 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
2553 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
2554 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
2555 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2556 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2557 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2558 }
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002559 }
Anders Carlssonf54741e2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002560
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002561 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002562 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002563 }
2564
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002565 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002566
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002567 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2568 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002569
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002570 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2571 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002572 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2573 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2574 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2575 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2576 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2577
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002578 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2579 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2580 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002581 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002582 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2583 }
2584 }
2585
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002586 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002587}
2588
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002589/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002590/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2591/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002592Action::OwningExprResult
2593Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2594 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002595 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002596 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002597 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002598 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002599 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002600 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002601 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002602 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002603
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002604 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002605 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002606 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002607 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2608 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002609 bool Dependent = false;
2610 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2611 Dependent = true;
2612 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2613 Dependent = true;
2614
2615 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002616 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002617 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2618
2619 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2620 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2621 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2622 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2623
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002624 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002625 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2626 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2627 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2628 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2629 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2630 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2631 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002632 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2633 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002634 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002635 }
2636
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002637 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +00002638 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002639 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2640 bool ADL = true;
2641 while (true) {
2642 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2643 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2644 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002645 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002646 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002647 ADL = false;
2648 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2649 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002650 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002651 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2652 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002653 } else if ((DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))) {
2654 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2655 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
2656 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002657 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002658 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2659 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2660 break;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002661 } else {
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002662 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2663 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2664 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002665 break;
2666 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002667 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002668
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002669 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002670 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002671 if (DRExpr) {
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002672 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002673 if ((FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl())))
2674 FDecl = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2675 else
2676 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002677 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002678 NDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002679 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002680
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002681 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate ||
2682 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002683 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor3c385e52009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002684 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002685 ADL = false;
2686
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002687 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2688 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2689 ADL = false;
2690
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002691 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate || ADL) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002692 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, DRExpr? DRExpr->getDecl() : 0,
2693 UnqualifiedName, LParenLoc, Args,
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002694 NumArgs, CommaLocs, RParenLoc, ADL);
2695 if (!FDecl)
2696 return ExprError();
2697
2698 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2699 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002700 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002701 = dyn_cast_or_null<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002702 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2703 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2704 false, false,
2705 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2706 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002707 else
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002708 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002709 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2710 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2711 Fn = NewFn;
2712 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002713 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002714
2715 // Promote the function operand.
2716 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2717
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002718 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2719 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002720 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2721 Args, NumArgs,
2722 Context.BoolTy,
2723 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002724
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002725 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2726 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2727 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2728 // have type pointer to function".
2729 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
2730 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002731 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2732 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002733 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2734 } else { // This is a block call.
2735 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
2736 getAsFunctionType();
2737 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002738 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002739 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2740 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2741
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002742 // Check for a valid return type
2743 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2744 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2745 FuncT->getResultType(),
2746 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2747 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2748 return ExprError();
2749
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002750 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002751 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002752
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002753 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002754 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002755 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002756 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002757 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002758 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002759
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002760 if (FDecl) {
2761 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2762 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2763 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00002764 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002765 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
2766 Def->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType();
2767 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2768 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2769 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2770 }
2771 }
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002772 }
2773
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002774 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002775 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2776 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2777 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002778 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2779 Arg->getType(),
2780 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2781 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2782 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002783 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002784 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002785 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002786
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002787 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2788 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002789 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2790 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002791
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002792 // Check for sentinels
2793 if (NDecl)
2794 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002795 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002796 if (FDecl)
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002797 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Fariborz Jahanian725165f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +00002798 if (NDecl)
2799 return CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002800
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002801 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002802}
2803
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002804Action::OwningExprResult
2805Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2806 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002807 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002808 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00002809 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002810 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002811 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002812
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002813 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002814 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002815 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2816 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor690dc7f2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00002817 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
2818 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
2819 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002820 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002821 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002822
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002823 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002824 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002825 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002826
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002827 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002828 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002829 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002830 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002831 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002832 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002833 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002834 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002835}
2836
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002837Action::OwningExprResult
2838Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002839 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2840 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2841 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002842
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002843 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002844 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002845
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002846 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor4c678342009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002847 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002848 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002849 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002850}
2851
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002852/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar58d5ebb2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002853bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002854 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2855
2856 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2857 // type needs to be scalar.
2858 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2859 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002860 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2861 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002862 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002863 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2864 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2865 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2866 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002867 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002868 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2869 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2870 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2871 // GCC cast to union extension
2872 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
2873 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002874 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002875 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2876 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2877 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2878 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2879 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2880 break;
2881 }
2882 }
2883 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2884 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2885 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2886 } else {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002887 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002888 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002889 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002890 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002891 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002892 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002893 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2894 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002895 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002896 } else if (castType->isExtVectorType()) {
2897 if (CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002898 return true;
2899 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2900 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2901 return true;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002902 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2903 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2904 return true;
Steve Naroff6b9dfd42009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002905 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroffa0c3e9c2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00002906 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedman41826bb2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00002907 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
2908 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
2909 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
2910 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2911 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
2912 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2913 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
2914 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
2915 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2916 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
2917 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002918 }
Fariborz Jahanianb5ff6bf2009-05-22 21:42:52 +00002919 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
2920 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002921 return false;
2922}
2923
Chris Lattnerfe23e212007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002924bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002925 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002926
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002927 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002928 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002929 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002930 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002931 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002932 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002933 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002934 } else
2935 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002936 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002937 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002938
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002939 return false;
2940}
2941
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002942bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, QualType SrcTy) {
2943 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
2944
Nate Begeman9b10da62009-06-27 22:05:55 +00002945 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
2946 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002947 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
2948 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
2949 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
2950 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
2951 return false;
2952 }
2953
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00002954 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002955 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
2956 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00002957 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
2958 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
2959 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
2960 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002961 return false;
2962}
2963
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002964Action::OwningExprResult
2965Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2966 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2967 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2968 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00002969
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002970 Expr *castExpr = Op.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00002971 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2972
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002973 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002974 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002975 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002976 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002977}
2978
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002979/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2980/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002981/// C99 6.5.15
2982QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
2983 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002984 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
2985 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2986 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
2987
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002988 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
2989 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
2990 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
2991 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
2992 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
2993 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00002994
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002995 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002996 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2997 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
2998 << CondTy;
2999 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003000 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003001
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003002 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003003
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003004 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3005 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003006 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3007 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3008 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003009 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003010
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003011 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3012 // type.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003013 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3014 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003015 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003016 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003017 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003018 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003019 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003020 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003021
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003022 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003023 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003024 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3025 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3026 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3027 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3028 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3029 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3030 << LHS->getSourceRange();
3031 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
3032 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003033 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003034 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003035 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3036 // the type of the other operand."
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003037 if ((LHSTy->isPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
3038 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy)) &&
3039 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3040 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3041 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003042 }
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003043 if ((RHSTy->isPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
3044 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) &&
3045 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3046 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3047 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003048 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003049
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003050 const PointerType *LHSPT = LHSTy->getAsPointerType();
3051 const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSTy->getAsPointerType();
3052 const BlockPointerType *LHSBPT = LHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType();
3053 const BlockPointerType *RHSBPT = RHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType();
3054
Chris Lattnerbd57d362008-01-06 22:50:31 +00003055 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
3056 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003057 if ((LHSPT || LHSBPT) && (RHSPT || RHSBPT)) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
3058 // get the "pointed to" types
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003059 QualType lhptee = (LHSPT ? LHSPT->getPointeeType()
3060 : LHSBPT->getPointeeType());
3061 QualType rhptee = (RHSPT ? RHSPT->getPointeeType()
3062 : RHSBPT->getPointeeType());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003063
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003064 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3065 if (lhptee->isVoidType()
3066 && (RHSBPT || rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())) {
3067 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
3068 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3069 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3070 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3071 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3072 return destType;
3073 }
3074 if (rhptee->isVoidType()
3075 && (LHSBPT || lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())) {
3076 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3077 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3078 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3079 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3080 return destType;
3081 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003082
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003083 bool sameKind = (LHSPT && RHSPT) || (LHSBPT && RHSBPT);
3084 if (sameKind
3085 && Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3086 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3087 return LHSTy;
3088 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003089
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003090 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003091
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003092 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
3093 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
3094 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy) ||
3095 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) {
3096 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3097 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3098 // type. This allows
3099 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3100 // where B is a subclass of A.
3101 //
3102 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3103 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3104 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3105 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003106
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003107 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3108 // It could return the composite type.
3109 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
3110 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
3111 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
3112 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
3113 compositeType = LHSTy;
3114 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
3115 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
3116 compositeType = RHSTy;
3117 } else if (Context.isObjCIdStructType(lhptee) ||
3118 Context.isObjCIdStructType(rhptee)) {
3119 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3120 } else if (LHSBPT || RHSBPT) {
3121 if (!sameKind
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003122 || !Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3123 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType()))
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003124 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3125 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3126 return QualType();
3127 } else {
3128 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3129 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3130 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3131 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003132 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3133 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Daniel Dunbara56f7462008-08-26 00:41:39 +00003134 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00003135 }
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003136 } else if (!sameKind
3137 || !Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3138 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3139 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3140 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3141 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3142 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3143 // to get a consistent AST.
3144 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3145 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3146 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3147 return incompatTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003148 }
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003149 // The pointer types are compatible.
3150 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3151 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3152 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3153 // type.
3154 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3155 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
3156 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3157 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
3158 return compositeType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003159 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003160
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003161 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3162 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3163 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3164 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3165 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3166 return RHSTy;
3167 }
3168 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3169 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3170 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3171 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3172 return LHSTy;
3173 }
3174
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003175 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
3176 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003177 // id with statically typed objects).
3178 if (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003179 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3180 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3181 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003182 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true) ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003183 (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003184 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) ||
3185 (RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
3186 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy))) {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003187 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only happens to
3188 // work because id can more or less be used anywhere, however this may
3189 // change the type of method sends.
3190
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003191 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
3192 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
3193 // cases. Investigate.
3194 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003195 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3196 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003197 return compositeType;
3198 }
3199 }
3200
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003201 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003202 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3203 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003204 return QualType();
3205}
3206
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003207/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003208/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003209Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3210 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3211 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3212 ExprArg RHS) {
3213 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3214 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003215
3216 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3217 // was the condition.
3218 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3219 if (isLHSNull)
3220 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003221
3222 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003223 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003224 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003225 return ExprError();
3226
3227 Cond.release();
3228 LHS.release();
3229 RHS.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003230 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003231 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
3232 RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003233}
3234
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003235
3236// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003237// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003238// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3239// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3240// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003241Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003242Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3243 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003244
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003245 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00003246 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3247 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003248
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003249 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003250 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3251 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003252
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003253 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003254
3255 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3256 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3257 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003258 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003259 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003260 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003261
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003262 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3263 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003264 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003265 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003266 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003267 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003268
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003269 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003270 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3271 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003272 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003273
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003274 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003275 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003276 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003277
3278 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003279 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3280 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003281 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003282 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003283 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003284 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3285 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3286 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3287 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3288 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3289 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3290 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3291 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3292 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3293 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3294 }
3295 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3296 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3297 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3298 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3299 }
3300 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3301 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3302 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3303 // warning can be disabled.
3304 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3305 return ConvTy;
3306 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3307 }
3308 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
3309 return IncompatiblePointer;
3310 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003311 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003312}
3313
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003314/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3315/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3316/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3317// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003318Sema::AssignConvertType
3319Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003320 QualType rhsType) {
3321 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003322
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003323 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
3324 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003325 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3326
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003327 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3328 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3329 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003330
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003331 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003332
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003333 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3334 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3335 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003336
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003337 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003338 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003339 return ConvTy;
3340}
3341
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003342/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3343/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003344/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3345///
3346/// int a, *pint;
3347/// short *pshort;
3348/// struct foo *pfoo;
3349///
3350/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3351/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3352/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3353/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3354///
3355/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003356/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003357///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003358Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003359Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003360 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3361 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003362 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3363 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003364
3365 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003366 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003367
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003368 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3369 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3370 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3371 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3372 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3373 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3374 // type.
3375 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
3376 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003377 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003378 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003379 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003380
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003381 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
3382 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003383 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003384 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
3385 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3386 return IntToPointer;
3387 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3388 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003389 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003390 }
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003391
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003392 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3393 // to the same ExtVector type.
3394 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3395 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3396 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3397 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3398 return Compatible;
3399 }
3400
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003401 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003402 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003403 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003404 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003405 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3406 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003407 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003408 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003409 }
3410 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003411 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003412
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003413 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003414 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003415
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003416 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003417 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003418 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003419
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003420 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003421 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003422
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003423 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003424 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003425 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003426
3427 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3428 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3429 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3430 return Compatible;
3431 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003432 return Incompatible;
3433 }
3434
3435 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3436 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003437 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003438
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003439 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3440 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3441 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3442 return Compatible;
3443
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003444 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3445 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003446
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003447 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
3448 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003449 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003450 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003451 return Incompatible;
3452 }
3453
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003454 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003455 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003456 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3457 return Compatible;
3458
3459 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003460 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003461
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003462 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003463 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003464
3465 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003466 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003467 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003468 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003469 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003470
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003471 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003472 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003473 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003474 }
3475 return Incompatible;
3476}
3477
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003478/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3479/// used to initialize the transparent union.
3480static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
3481 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3482 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3483 // of the transparent union.
3484 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3485 &E, 1,
3486 SourceLocation());
3487 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3488 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3489
3490 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3491 // union type from this initializer list.
3492 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3493 false);
3494}
3495
3496Sema::AssignConvertType
3497Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3498 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3499
3500 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
3501 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3502 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003503 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003504 return Incompatible;
3505
3506 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3507 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3508 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3509 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003510 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
3511 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003512 it != itend; ++it) {
3513 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3514 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3515 // 1) void pointer
3516 // 2) null pointer constant
3517 if (FromType->isPointerType())
3518 if (FromType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
3519 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3520 InitField = *it;
3521 break;
3522 }
3523
3524 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3525 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3526 InitField = *it;
3527 break;
3528 }
3529 }
3530
3531 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3532 == Compatible) {
3533 InitField = *it;
3534 break;
3535 }
3536 }
3537
3538 if (!InitField)
3539 return Incompatible;
3540
3541 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3542 return Compatible;
3543}
3544
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003545Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003546Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003547 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3548 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3549 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3550 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3551 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003552 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3553 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003554 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner2c4463f2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003555 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003556 }
3557
3558 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3559 // structures.
3560 }
3561
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003562 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3563 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Narofff7f52e72009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003564 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
3565 lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003566 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahanian9d3185e2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003567 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003568 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003569 return Compatible;
3570 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003571
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003572 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003573 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003574 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003575 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003576 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003577 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003578 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3579 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003580
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003581 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3582 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003583
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003584 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3585 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003586 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3587 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3588 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3589 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003590 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003591 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003592 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003593}
3594
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003595QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003596 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003597 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003598 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003599 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003600}
3601
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003602inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003603 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003604 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003605 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003606 QualType lhsType =
3607 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3608 QualType rhsType =
3609 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003610
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003611 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003612 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003613 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003614
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003615 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3616 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003617 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3618 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3619 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003620 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3621 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003622 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003623 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003624 }
3625 }
3626 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003627
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003628 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
3629 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
3630 bool swapped = false;
3631 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3632 swapped = true;
3633 std::swap(rex, lex);
3634 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
3635 }
3636
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003637 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003638 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
3639 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
3640 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
3641 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003642 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003643 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
3644 return lhsType;
3645 }
3646 }
3647 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
3648 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
3649 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003650 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003651 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
3652 return lhsType;
3653 }
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003654 }
3655 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003656
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003657 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003658 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003659 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003660 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003661 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003662}
3663
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003664inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003665 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003666{
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003667 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003668 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003669
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003670 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003671
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003672 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003673 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003674 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003675}
3676
3677inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003678 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003679{
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003680 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3681 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3682 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3683 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3684 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003685
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003686 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003687
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003688 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003689 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003690 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003691}
3692
3693inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003694 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003695{
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003696 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3697 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3698 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3699 return compType;
3700 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003701
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003702 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003703
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003704 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003705 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3706 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3707 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003708 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003709 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003710
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003711 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3712 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
3713 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
3714 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3715
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003716 if (const PointerType *PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003717 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003718 QualType PointeeTy = PTy->getPointeeType();
3719 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
3720 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003721 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3722 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003723 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003724 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003725 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003726
3727 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3728 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3729 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003730 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003731 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3732 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3733 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3734 return QualType();
3735 }
3736
3737 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3738 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3739 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3740 } else if (!PTy->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003741 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003742 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003743 PExp->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3744 PExp->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003745 return QualType();
3746
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003747 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3748 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3749 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3750 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
3751 return QualType();
3752 }
3753
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003754 if (CompLHSTy) {
3755 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3756 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3757 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003758 else {
3759 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3760 if (!T.isNull())
3761 LHSTy = T;
3762 }
3763
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003764 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3765 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003766 return PExp->getType();
3767 }
3768 }
3769
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003770 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003771}
3772
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003773// C99 6.5.6
3774QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003775 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3776 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3777 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3778 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3779 return compType;
3780 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003781
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003782 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003783
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003784 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003785
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003786 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003787 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
3788 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003789 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003790 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003791 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003792
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003793 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
3794 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff2565eef2008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003795 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003796
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003797 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003798
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003799 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3800 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3801 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3802 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3803 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3804 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3805 return QualType();
3806 }
3807
3808 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3809 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3810 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3811 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3812 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003813 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003814 return QualType();
3815 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003816
3817 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3818 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3819 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3820 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3821 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3822 lex->getSourceRange(),
3823 SourceRange(),
3824 lex->getType()))
3825 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003826
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003827 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3828 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3829 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3830 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
3831 return QualType();
3832 }
3833
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003834 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003835 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3836 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3837 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3838 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3839 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3840 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3841 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3842 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
3843
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003844 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003845 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003846 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003847
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003848 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
3849 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00003850 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003851
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003852 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
3853 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
3854 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
3855 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3856 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3857 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3858 return QualType();
3859 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003860
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003861 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3862 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3863 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3864 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003865 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003866 return QualType();
3867 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003868
3869 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3870 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
3871 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
3872 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
3873 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
3874 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3875 rex->getSourceRange(),
3876 SourceRange(),
3877 rex->getType()))
3878 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003879
Eli Friedman88d936b2009-05-16 13:54:38 +00003880 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3881 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
3882 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
3883 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
3884 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
3885 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3886 return QualType();
3887 }
3888 } else {
3889 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
3890 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
3891 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
3892 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
3893 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
3894 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
3895 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3896 return QualType();
3897 }
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003898 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003899
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003900 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3901 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3902 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3903 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3904 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3905 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3906 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003907
3908 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003909 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
3910 }
3911 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003912
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003913 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003914}
3915
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003916// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003917QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003918 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003919 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
3920 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003921 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003922
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003923 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
3924 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003925 QualType LHSTy;
3926 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
3927 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003928 else {
3929 LHSTy = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3930 if (LHSTy.isNull())
3931 LHSTy = lex->getType();
3932 }
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00003933 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003934 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
3935
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003936 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003937
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003938 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003939 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003940}
3941
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003942// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003943QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003944 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
3945 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
3946
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003947 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003948 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003949
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003950 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00003951 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
3952 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
3953 else {
3954 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3955 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
3956 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003957 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3958 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003959
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003960 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
3961 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003962 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3963 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3964 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00003965 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
3966 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003967 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
3968 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
3969 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
3970 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00003971 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
3972 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003973 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003974
3975 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
3976 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3977 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
3978 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3979
3980 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
3981 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003982 Expr *literalString = 0;
3983 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003984 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003985 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3986 literalString = lex;
3987 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
3988 }
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003989 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
3990 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003991 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3992 literalString = rex;
3993 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
3994 }
3995
3996 if (literalString) {
3997 std::string resultComparison;
3998 switch (Opc) {
3999 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4000 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4001 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4002 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4003 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4004 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4005 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4006 }
4007 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4008 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4009 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora3a83512009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004010 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4011 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4012 "strcmp(")
4013 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4014 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004015 resultComparison);
4016 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004017 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004018
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004019 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004020 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004021
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004022 if (isRelational) {
4023 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004024 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004025 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004026 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004027 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004028 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004029 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek6a261552007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004030 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004031
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004032 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004033 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004034 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004035
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004036 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
4037 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004038
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004039 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4040 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4041 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004042 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004043 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004044 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004045 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004046 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004047
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004048 if (rType->isFunctionPointerType() || lType->isFunctionPointerType()) {
4049 if (isRelational) {
4050 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4051 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4052 }
4053 }
4054 if (((!LHSIsNull || isRelational) && LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType()) !=
4055 ((!RHSIsNull || isRelational) && RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
4056 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4057 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4058 }
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004059 // Simple check: if the pointee types are identical, we're done.
4060 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4061 return ResultTy;
4062
4063 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4064 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4065 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4066 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4067 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4068 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4069 //
4070 // C++ [expr.eq]p2 uses the same notion for (in)equality
4071 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorde866f32009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004072 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004073 if (T.isNull()) {
4074 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4075 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4076 return QualType();
4077 }
4078
4079 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
4080 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
4081 return ResultTy;
4082 }
4083
Steve Naroff66296cb2007-11-13 14:57:38 +00004084 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004085 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
4086 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004087 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004088 !Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004089 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004090 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004091 }
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004092 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004093 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004094 }
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004095 // C++ allows comparison of pointers with null pointer constants.
4096 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4097 if (lType->isPointerType() && RHSIsNull) {
4098 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
4099 return ResultTy;
4100 }
4101 if (rType->isPointerType() && LHSIsNull) {
4102 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType);
4103 return ResultTy;
4104 }
4105 // And comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
4106 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4107 return ResultTy;
4108 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004109 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004110 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004111 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
4112 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004113
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004114 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004115 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004116 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004117 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004118 }
4119 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004120 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004121 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004122 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004123 if (!isRelational
4124 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4125 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004126 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004127 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAsPointerType()
4128 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
4129 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAsPointerType()
4130 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4131 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4132 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004133 }
4134 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004135 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004136 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004137
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004138 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004139 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004140 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
4141 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004142 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004143 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004144 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004145 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004146
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004147 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4148 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004149 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004150 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004151 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004152 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004153 }
Daniel Dunbarc6cb77f2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004154 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004155 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004156 }
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004157 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
4158 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004159 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004160 } else {
4161 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004162 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00004163 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbarc6cb77f2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004164 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004165 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004166 }
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004167 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004168 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004169 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004170 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004171 if (isRelational)
4172 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
4173 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4174 else if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004175 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004176 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004177 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004178 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004179 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004180 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004181 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004182 if (isRelational)
4183 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
4184 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4185 else if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004186 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004187 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004188 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004189 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004190 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004191 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004192 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4193 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004194 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004195 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004196 }
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004197 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4198 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004199 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004200 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004201 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004202 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004203}
4204
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004205/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004206/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004207/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4208/// types.
4209QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004210 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004211 bool isRelational) {
4212 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4213 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004214 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004215 if (vType.isNull())
4216 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004217
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004218 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4219 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004220
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004221 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4222 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4223 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4224 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4225 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4226 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4227 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004228 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004229 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004230
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004231 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4232 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4233 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004234 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004235 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004236
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004237 // FIXME: Vector compare support in the LLVM backend is not fully reliable,
4238 // just reject all vector comparisons for now.
4239 if (1) {
4240 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_comparison)
4241 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4242 return QualType();
4243 }
4244
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004245 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4246 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4247 // elements for floating point vectors.
4248 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4249 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004250
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004251 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004252 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004253 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004254 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004255 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004256 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4257
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004258 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004259 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004260 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4261}
4262
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004263inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004264 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004265{
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004266 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004267 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004268
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004269 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004270
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004271 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004272 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004273 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004274}
4275
4276inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004277 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004278{
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004279 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4280 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004281
Eli Friedman5773a6c2008-05-13 20:16:47 +00004282 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004283 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004284 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004285}
4286
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004287/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4288/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4289/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4290///
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004291static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004292{
4293 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4294 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4295 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4296 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
4297 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004298 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004299 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
4300 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
4301 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4302 return true;
4303 }
4304 }
4305 return false;
4306}
4307
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004308/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4309/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4310static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004311 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
4312 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
4313 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004314 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4315 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004316 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4317 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004318
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004319 unsigned Diag = 0;
4320 bool NeedType = false;
4321 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4322 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4323 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004324 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004325 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4326 NeedType = true;
4327 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004328 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004329 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4330 NeedType = true;
4331 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004332 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004333 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4334 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004335 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004336 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4337 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004338 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4339 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004340 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004341 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
4342 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004343 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004344 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4345 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004346 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004347 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4348 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004349 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4350 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4351 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004352 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4353 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4354 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004355 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004356
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004357 SourceRange Assign;
4358 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4359 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004360 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004361 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004362 else
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004363 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004364 return true;
4365}
4366
4367
4368
4369// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004370QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4371 SourceLocation Loc,
4372 QualType CompoundType) {
4373 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4374 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004375 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004376
4377 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4378 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004379
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004380 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004381 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004382 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004383 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004384 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4385 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4386 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
4387 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
4388 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
4389 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
4390 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004391
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004392 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4393 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4394 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004395 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004396 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4397 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4398 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4399 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4400 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004401 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004402 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004403 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4404 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4405 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004406 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4407 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004408 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4409 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4410 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004411 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004412 }
4413 } else {
4414 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedman623712b2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004415 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004416 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004417
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004418 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4419 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004420 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004421
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004422 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4423 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004424 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004425 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4426 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004427 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004428 // operand.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004429 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004430}
4431
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004432// C99 6.5.17
4433QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004434 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004435 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004436
4437 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4438 // incomplete in C++).
4439
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004440 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004441}
4442
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004443/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4444/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004445QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4446 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004447 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4448 return Context.DependentTy;
4449
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004450 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4451 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004452
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004453 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4454 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4455 if (!isInc) {
4456 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4457 return QualType();
4458 }
4459 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4460 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4461 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004462 // OK!
4463 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
4464 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Douglas Gregor8dcb29d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004465 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004466 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4467 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4468 << Op->getSourceRange();
4469 return QualType();
4470 }
4471
4472 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004473 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004474 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004475 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4476 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4477 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4478 return QualType();
4479 }
4480
4481 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004482 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor8dcb29d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004483 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
4484 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
4485 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
4486 ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004487 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004488 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4489 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4490 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004491 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004492 } else {
4493 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004494 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004495 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004496 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004497 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004498 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004499 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004500 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004501 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004502}
4503
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004504/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004505/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004506/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
4507/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
4508/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
4509/// - &(x) => x
4510/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
4511/// - &s.xx => s
4512/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
4513/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
4514/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
4515/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004516static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004517 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004518 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +00004519 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004520 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004521 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004522 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4523 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4524 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004525 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004526 return 0;
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004527 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004528 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004529 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004530 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
4531 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004532 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
4533 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
4534 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
4535 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
4536 }
4537 return 0;
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004538 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004539 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4540 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004541
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004542 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004543 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4544 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4545 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4546 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4547 default:
4548 return 0;
4549 }
4550 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004551 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004552 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004553 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004554 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4555 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004556 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004557 default:
4558 return 0;
4559 }
4560}
4561
4562/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004563/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004564/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004565/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004566/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004567/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004568/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004569QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004570 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4571 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4572
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004573 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4574 return Context.DependentTy;
4575
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004576 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4577 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4578 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4579 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4580 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4581 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4582 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4583 }
4584 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4585 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4586 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004587 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004588 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004589
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004590 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4591 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004592 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004593 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004594 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004595 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4596 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004597 return QualType();
4598 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00004599 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004600 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4601 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4602 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004603 return QualType();
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004604 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4605 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004606 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004607 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004608 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004609 return QualType();
4610 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004611 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004612 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4613 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4614 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004615 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4616 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004617 return QualType();
4618 }
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004619 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004620 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004621 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
4622 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004623 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4624 // scope qualifier for the class.
4625 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4626 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4627 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4628 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4629 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4630 }
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004631 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004632 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004633 // As above.
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004634 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op) && MD->isInstance())
4635 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4636 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
4637 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004638 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004639 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004640
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004641 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4642 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
4643 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
4644 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
4645 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
4646 }
4647
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004648 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4649 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4650}
4651
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004652QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004653 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4654 return Context.DependentTy;
4655
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004656 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4657 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004658
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004659 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4660 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4661 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4662 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
4663 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004664 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004665
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004666 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004667 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004668 return QualType();
4669}
4670
4671static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4672 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4673 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4674 switch (Kind) {
4675 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004676 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4677 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004678 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4679 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4680 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4681 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4682 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4683 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4684 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4685 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4686 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4687 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4688 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4689 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4690 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4691 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4692 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4693 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4694 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4695 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4696 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4697 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4698 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4699 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4700 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4701 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4702 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4703 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4704 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4705 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4706 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4707 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4708 }
4709 return Opc;
4710}
4711
4712static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4713 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4714 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4715 switch (Kind) {
4716 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4717 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4718 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4719 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4720 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4721 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4722 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4723 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4724 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004725 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4726 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4727 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4728 }
4729 return Opc;
4730}
4731
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004732/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4733/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4734/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004735Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4736 unsigned Op,
4737 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004738 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004739 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004740 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4741 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4742 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004743
4744 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004745 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4746 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4747 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004748 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4749 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4750 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4751 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4752 break;
4753 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004754 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4755 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4756 break;
4757 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4758 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4759 break;
4760 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4761 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4762 break;
4763 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4764 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4765 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004766 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004767 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4768 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4769 break;
4770 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4771 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4772 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4773 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004774 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004775 break;
4776 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4777 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004778 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004779 break;
4780 case BinaryOperator::And:
4781 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4782 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4783 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4784 break;
4785 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4786 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4787 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4788 break;
4789 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4790 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004791 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4792 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4793 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4794 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004795 break;
4796 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004797 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4798 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4799 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4800 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004801 break;
4802 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004803 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4804 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4805 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004806 break;
4807 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004808 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4809 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4810 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004811 break;
4812 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4813 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004814 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4815 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4816 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4817 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004818 break;
4819 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
4820 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
4821 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004822 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4823 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4824 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4825 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004826 break;
4827 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
4828 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4829 break;
4830 }
4831 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004832 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004833 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004834 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4835 else
4836 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004837 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
4838 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004839}
4840
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004841// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004842Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4843 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4844 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004845 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00004846 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004847
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004848 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
4849 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004850
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004851 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4852 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
4853 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
4854 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4855 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4856 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4857 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004858 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004859 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4860 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4861 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
4862 Functions);
4863 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
4864 DeclarationName OpName
4865 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4866 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004867 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004868
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004869 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
4870 // binary operation.
4871 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004872 }
4873
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004874 // Build a built-in binary operation.
4875 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004876}
4877
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004878Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4879 unsigned OpcIn,
4880 ExprArg InputArg) {
4881 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004882
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004883 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004884 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004885 QualType resultType;
4886 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004887 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
4888 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
4889 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
4890 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
4891 break;
4892
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004893 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
4894 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004895 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
4896 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004897 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004898 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004899 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4900 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004901 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroff1ca9b112007-12-18 04:06:57 +00004902 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004903 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4904 break;
4905 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
4906 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004907 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4908 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004909 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4910 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004911 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
4912 break;
4913 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
4914 resultType->isEnumeralType())
4915 break;
4916 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
4917 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
4918 resultType->isPointerType())
4919 break;
4920
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004921 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4922 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004923 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004924 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4925 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004926 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4927 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004928 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
4929 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
4930 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004931 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004932 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004933 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004934 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4935 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004936 break;
4937 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
4938 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004939 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
4940 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004941 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4942 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004943 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004944 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4945 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004946 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004947 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
4948 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004949 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004950 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004951 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00004952 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004953 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004954 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004955 resultType = Input->getType();
4956 break;
4957 }
4958 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004959 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004960
4961 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004962 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004963}
4964
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004965// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
4966Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4967 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
4968 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
4969 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
4970
4971 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
4972 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4973 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4974 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4975 // the arguments.
4976 FunctionSet Functions;
4977 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4978 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4979 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
4980 Functions);
4981 DeclarationName OpName
4982 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4983 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
4984 }
4985
4986 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
4987 }
4988
4989 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
4990}
4991
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004992/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004993Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4994 SourceLocation LabLoc,
4995 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004996 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattnerea29a3a2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00004997 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004998
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00004999 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5000 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005001 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005002 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005003
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005004 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005005 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5006 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005007}
5008
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005009Sema::OwningExprResult
5010Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5011 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5012 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005013 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5014 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5015
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005016 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattner4a049f02009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005017 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005018 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005019
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005020 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5021 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5022 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005023
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005024 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5025 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5026 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005027
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005028 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5029 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5030 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5031 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5032 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005033
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005034 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005035 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005036 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005037
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005038 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5039 // expressions are not lvalues.
5040
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005041 substmt.release();
5042 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005043}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005044
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005045Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5046 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5047 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5048 TypeTy *argty,
5049 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5050 unsigned NumComponents,
5051 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5052 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5053 // error.
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005054 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
5055 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005056
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005057 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5058
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005059 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5060 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5061 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005062 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005063 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005064
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005065 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5066 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005067
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005068 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5069 // the offsetof designators.
5070 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5071 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005072 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005073 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005074
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005075 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5076 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005077 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5078 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005079 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005080 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5081 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005082
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005083 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc0d600c2009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005084 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005085
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005086 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5087 // leaks like a sieve.
5088 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5089 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5090 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5091 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5092 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5093 if (!AT) {
5094 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005095 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5096 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005097 }
5098
5099 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5100
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005101 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5102 // expression.
5103 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5104
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005105 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5106 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005107 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005108 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005109 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005110 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005111 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005112
5113 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5114 OC.LocEnd);
5115 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005116 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005117
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005118 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
5119 if (!RC) {
5120 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005121 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5122 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005123 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005124
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005125 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5126 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005127 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005128 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonf9b8bc62009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005129 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5130 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5131 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005132 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5133 }
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005134 }
5135
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005136 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
5137 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
5138 LookupMemberName)
5139 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005140 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005141 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005142 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
5143 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005144
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005145 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5146 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005147 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005148 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5149 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005150 } else {
5151 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5152 // doesn't matter here.
5153 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5154 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5155 }
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005156 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005157 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005158
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005159 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5160 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005161}
5162
5163
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005164Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5165 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5166 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005167 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
5168 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005169
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005170 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005171
Douglas Gregorc12a9c52009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005172 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5173 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5174 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5175 return ExprError();
5176 }
5177
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005178 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5179 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005180}
5181
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005182Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5183 ExprArg cond,
5184 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5185 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5186 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5187 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5188 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005189
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005190 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5191
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005192 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregorc9ecc572009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005193 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005194 resType = Context.DependentTy;
5195 } else {
5196 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5197 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5198 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5199 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005200 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5201 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5202 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005203
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005204 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5205 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
5206 }
5207
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005208 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5209 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
5210 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005211}
5212
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005213//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5214// Clang Extensions.
5215//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5216
5217/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005218void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005219 // Analyze block parameters.
5220 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005221
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005222 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5223 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5224 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005225
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005226 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005227 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpb83d2872009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005228 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005229 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5230 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005231
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005232 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005233 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005234}
5235
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005236void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005237 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005238
5239 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5240 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005241 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005242 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5243
Mike Stump4eeab842009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005244 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5245 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5246 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5247 return;
5248 }
5249
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005250 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5251 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5252 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5253
5254 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5255 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005256 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005257 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005258 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005259 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005260 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5261 }
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005262 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5263
5264 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5265 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5266 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5267 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5268 return;
5269 }
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005270 return;
5271 }
5272
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005273 // Analyze arguments to block.
5274 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5275 "Not a function declarator!");
5276 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005277
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005278 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5279 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005280
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005281 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5282 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5283 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5284 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005285 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5286 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005287 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005288 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005289 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5290 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005291 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005292 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005293 }
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005294 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005295 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahaniand66f22d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005296 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005297 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005298 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5299 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5300 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5301 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5302 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005303
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005304 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Douglas Gregor68584ed2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00005305 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005306 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005307 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005308 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005309 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5310 }
5311
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005312 // Analyze the return type.
5313 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5314 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5315
5316 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5317 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5318 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5319 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5320 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005321 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005322}
5323
5324/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5325/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5326void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5327 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5328 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005329
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005330 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5331
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005332 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner5c59e2b2009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005333 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005334 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005335 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005336}
5337
5338/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5339/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005340Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5341 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005342 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5343 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5344 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
5345
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005346 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5347 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005348
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005349 PopDeclContext();
5350
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005351 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5352 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005353
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005354 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005355 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
5356 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005357
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005358 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5359 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5360 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005361
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005362 QualType BlockTy;
5363 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Eli Friedman687abff2009-06-08 04:24:21 +00005364 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005365 else
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005366 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7fb5e482008-10-26 16:43:14 +00005367 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005368
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005369 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005370 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005371 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005372
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005373 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5374 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5375 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5376 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5377
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005378 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005379 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5380 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005381}
5382
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005383Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5384 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5385 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005386 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005387 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5388 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
5389
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005390 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005391
5392 // Get the va_list type
5393 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005394 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
5395 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5396 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5397 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005398 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005399 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5400 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
5401 } else {
5402 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
5403 // it is modified by va_arg.
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005404 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5405 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005406 return ExprError();
5407 }
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005408
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005409 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5410 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005411 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5412 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005413 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005414 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005415
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005416 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005417 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005418
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005419 expr.release();
5420 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
5421 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005422}
5423
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005424Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005425 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
5426 // pointers on the target.
5427 QualType Ty;
5428 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
5429 Ty = Context.IntTy;
5430 else
5431 Ty = Context.LongTy;
5432
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005433 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005434}
5435
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005436bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
5437 SourceLocation Loc,
5438 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
5439 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
5440 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
5441 bool isInvalid = false;
5442 unsigned DiagKind;
5443 switch (ConvTy) {
5444 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
5445 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005446 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005447 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
5448 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005449 case IntToPointer:
5450 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
5451 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005452 case IncompatiblePointer:
5453 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
5454 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00005455 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
5456 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
5457 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005458 case FunctionVoidPointer:
5459 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
5460 break;
5461 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00005462 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
5463 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
5464 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
5465 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
5466 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
5467 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
5468 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
5469 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
5470 // C++ semantics.
5471 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5472 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
5473 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005474 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
5475 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005476 case IntToBlockPointer:
5477 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
5478 break;
5479 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stump25efa102009-04-21 22:51:42 +00005480 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005481 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005482 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005483 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005484 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
5485 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
5486 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005487 case IncompatibleVectors:
5488 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
5489 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005490 case Incompatible:
5491 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
5492 isInvalid = true;
5493 break;
5494 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005495
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00005496 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
5497 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005498 return isInvalid;
5499}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005500
Chris Lattner3bf68932009-04-25 21:59:05 +00005501bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005502 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
5503 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
5504 if (Result)
5505 *Result = ICEResult;
5506 return false;
5507 }
5508
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005509 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
5510
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005511 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005512 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
5513 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
5514
5515 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
5516 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
5517 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
5518 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
5519 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
5520 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
5521 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005522
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005523 return true;
5524 }
5525
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005526 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
5527 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005528
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005529 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
5530 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
5531 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005532
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005533 if (Result)
5534 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
5535 return false;
5536}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005537
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005538Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
5539Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5540 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
5541 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
5542 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
5543
5544 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
5545 return NewContext;
5546}
5547
5548void
5549Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
5550 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5551 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
5552
5553 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
5554 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
5555 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
5556 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
5557 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
5558 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
5559 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
5560
5561 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
5562 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
5563 I != IEnd; ++I)
5564 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
5565 }
5566}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005567
5568/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
5569///
5570/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
5571/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
5572/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
5573/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
5574///
5575/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
5576///
5577/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
5578void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
5579 assert(D && "No declaration?");
5580
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005581 if (D->isUsed())
5582 return;
5583
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005584 // Mark a parameter declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
5585 // template or not.
5586 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
5587 D->setUsed(true);
5588
5589 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
5590 // an instantiation.
5591 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
5592 return;
5593
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005594 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
5595 case Unevaluated:
5596 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
5597 return;
5598
5599 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
5600 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
5601 // "used"; handle this below.
5602 break;
5603
5604 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
5605 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
5606 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
5607 // potentially evaluated.
5608 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
5609 return;
5610 }
5611
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005612 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanianb7f4cc02009-06-22 17:30:33 +00005613 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005614 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian05a5c452009-06-22 20:37:23 +00005615 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
5616 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5617 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
5618 }
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005619 else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
5620 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
5621 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5622 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
5623 }
Fariborz Jahanian8d2b3562009-06-26 23:49:16 +00005624 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
5625 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
5626 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
5627
Fariborz Jahanianc75bc2d2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00005628 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
5629 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
5630 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
5631 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
5632 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
5633 }
5634 }
Fariborz Jahanianf5ed9e02009-06-24 22:09:44 +00005635 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005636 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
5637 // class templates.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00005638 if (!Function->getBody()) {
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005639 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations of function
5640 // templates and explicit specializations (the latter don't get
5641 // instantiated, naturally).
5642 if (Function->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction() ||
5643 Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005644 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005645 }
5646
5647
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005648 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005649 Function->setUsed(true);
5650 return;
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005651 }
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005652
5653 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
5654 (void)Var;
5655 // FIXME: implicit template instantiation
5656 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
5657 D->setUsed(true);
5658 }
5659}
5660